(دوربین: نسخه 1.00 و 1.01، کنترلر: نسخه 1.00)

ManualsBrandsCasio ManualsDigital CameraEX-FR10

.ﻢﻳﺭﺍﺰﮕﺳﺎﭙﺳ

CASIO

ﻝﻮﺼﺤﻣ ﻦﻳﺍ ﺪﻳﺮﺧ ﺮﻃﺎﺧ ﻪﺑ ﺎﻤﺷ ﺯﺍ

•.ﺪﻴﻨﮐ ﻪﻌﻟﺎﻄﻣ ﺍﺭ ﺮﺑﺭﺎﮐ یﺎﻤﻨﻫﺍﺭ ﻦﻳﺍ ﺭﺩ ﺩﻮﺟﻮﻣ ﯽﻨﻤﻳﺍ ﺮﻴﺑﺍﺪﺗ ﺎﻤﺘﺣ ،ﻩﺎﮕﺘﺳﺩ ﺯﺍ ﻩﺩﺎﻔﺘﺳﺍ ﺯﺍ ﻞﺒﻗ

•.ﺪﻴﻨﮐ یﺭﺍﺪﻬﮕﻧ ﯽﻨﻣﺍ ﻥﺎﮑﻣ ﺭﺩ یﺪﻌﺑ ﺕﺎﻌﺟﺍﺮﻣ یﺍﺮﺑ ﺍﺭ ﺮﺑﺭﺎﮐ یﺎﻤﻨﻫﺍﺭ

• ﺭﺩ

EXILIM

ﯽﻤﺳﺭ ﺖﻳﺎﺳ ﺏﻭ ﺯﺍ ،ﻝﻮﺼﺤﻣ ﻦﻳﺍ ﻪﺑ ﻁﻮﺑﺮﻣ ﺕﺎﻋﻼﻃﺍ ﻦﻳﺮﺗﺪﻳﺪﺟ ﻪﺑ ﯽﺳﺮﺘﺳﺩ یﺍﺮﺑ

.ﺪﻴﻳﺎﻤﻧ ﺪﻳﺩﺯﺎﺑ

http://www.exilim.com/

ﯽﻟﺎﺘﻴﺠﻳﺩ ﻦﻴﺑﺭﻭﺩ

ﺮﺑﺭﺎﮐ یﺎﻤﻨﻫﺍﺭ

Summary of content (119 pages)

PAGE 1
‫‪FA‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ‪ CASIO‬ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻨﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻤﯽ ‪ EXILIM‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ http://www.exilim.com/‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 2
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ‬ ‫• ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 3
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ!‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩی ﻣﺸﮑﻮک ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﭙﯽ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .
PAGE 4
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪2..................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ!‪3.................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﻠﯽ ‪7................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪8.............................................................
PAGE 5
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻪﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ‪) ............................................‬ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی(‪48 .....‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪).......‬ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ(‪49 .....‬‬ ‫❚❙ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪50 ........................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ‪51 ............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ‪52 ........................................
PAGE 6
‫❚❙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫❚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫❚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪73 ..................................................... ...‬‬ ‫‪73 ..................................................................Windows‬‬ ‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ‪74 ........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎ‪76 ..................................................................................................
PAGE 7
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﻠﯽ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 8
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﯽ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 9
‫‪ .
PAGE 10
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ‪ CASIO‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ‪ CASIO‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻬﻢ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬ ‫ﺳﺒﮑﻬﺎی ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ®‪) Bluetooth‬ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ( ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺳﻪﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﮏ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .
PAGE 11
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻼژ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 55‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 56‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 12
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎی ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﮐﺜﻴﻔﯽ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﻟﻨﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .
PAGE 13
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﺎ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ]‪ [FREE‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬ ‫]‪[FREE‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫• ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ C‬ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻭی ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻮﻟﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 14
‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ A‬ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١۵‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﮕﺮﺩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ B‬ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﮐﻼﻫﮏ ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻟﻨﺰ ﺗﺎﺑﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺩﺳﺎﻋﺘﮕﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻼﻫﮏ ﻟﻨﺰ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 15
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺳﻪﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ( ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻪﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ(‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﭽﯽ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 16
‫‪.۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﻫﻨﻮﺭﺩی ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 17
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻨﮕﺮ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 18
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮیﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮیﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪USB-AC‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪USB-AC‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 19
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎی ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏﺯﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺺ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،USB-AC‬ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (99‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 20
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩی ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.
PAGE 21
‫‪ .‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ )‪ (2 ،1‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫)ﺭﻭﺷﻦ(‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪USB‬‬ ‫]‪[USB‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪USB‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭ‬ ‫)ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬ ‫]‪[USB‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻧﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 22
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎی ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏﺯﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺺ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،USB-AC‬ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (99‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 23
‫• ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .
PAGE 24
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﺭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﺭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 25
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪-‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ(‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .
PAGE 26
‫• ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ” “ )ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ( ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﮐﻨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﯽ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 27
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻭ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻭ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫”‬ ‫“ )ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫”‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‬ ‫”‬ ‫“ )ﭘﺨﺶ(‬ ‫”‬ ‫“ )ﺿﺒﻂ(‬ ‫“ )ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫”‬ ‫“ ﻳﺎ ”‪ “DISP‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪) [p] ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.
PAGE 28
‫‪.۴‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫“‬ ‫“‪” ،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ”‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪ ٢۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫”‪ “am (pm)”/“24h‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫” “‪ “ ” ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.۵‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ ٢۴/١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪” ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ“ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 29
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﯽ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﺷﺪ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﻓﻮﺭی ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﭙﯽ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.
PAGE 30
‫ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪) [p‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ]‪ [CARD‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮐﻠﻴﮏ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮی‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ]‪ [CARD‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.
PAGE 31
‫‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ( ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 32
‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ(‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .(39‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﯽء ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.
PAGE 33
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪) [0] ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪) [0‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 42‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(45‬‬ ‫• ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 46‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 34
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻟﻨﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻼﻫﮏ ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (14‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.
PAGE 35
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 36
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎی ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ(‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ”ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ”ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ” “ )ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‪) “¥‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .۴‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ‪” ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻩ“ ﻳﺎ ”ﺳﺒﮏ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 37
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ”ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪” .٢‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ "ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ”ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ”ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ“‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪) [0‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﯽ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪﺍی ﺿﺒﻂ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 38
‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﺁﻳﻨﻪ(‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪﺍی ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫)ﻧﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍی(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪﺍی‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﺩی‬ ‫”‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫“ )ﺁﻳﻨﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪﺍی ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.
PAGE 39
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ” “ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺳﻤﺖ‬ ‫‪ART SHOT‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(25‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﭼﭗ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.۴‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 40
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ‪ ،ART SHOT‬ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ ART SHOT‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ‪ ،ART SHOT‬ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ‪ ،ART SHOT‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ”ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ“ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎی ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫• ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.
PAGE 41
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۴‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮی ﻋﮑﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺯﻭﻡ( ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‪/‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﺯﻭﻡ‬ ‫)”‪ (“–” ،“+‬ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺰﺭگﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ‪ “–” ،“+” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 42
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎی ‪ Full HD‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪Full HD‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪30fps‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ(‬ ‫‪١٠٨٠x١٩٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪16:9‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ” “ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ “MENU” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ “ ” ،“ ” .۴‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ”ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .۵‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫”ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ“ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.
PAGE 43
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻃﯽ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪” ،‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ“ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‪” ،‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ“ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .
PAGE 44
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍی ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﻮ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ “MENU” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻭ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻓﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.
PAGE 45
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ )ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎی‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ )ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪ “ON‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 46
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫)ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ(‬ ‫‪14M‬‬ ‫)‪(٣٢۴٠x۴٣٢٠‬‬ ‫‪16:9‬‬ ‫)‪(٢۴٣٢x۴٣٢٠‬‬ ‫‪5M‬‬ ‫)‪(١٩٢٠x٢۵۶٠‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪REC‬‬ ‫)ﺿﺒﻂ(‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﺎپ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪14M‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪16:9‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪5M‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺣﺘﯽ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ‪...
PAGE 47
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 42‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ )ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ‪(EV‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ‪EV‬‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (EV‬ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ‪ –2.0 EV :‬ﺗﺎ ‪+2.0 EV‬‬ ‫• ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪1/3 EV :‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ‪ “–” ،“+” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 48
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻪﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی )ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 49
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫)ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ(‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ“ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫)‪،(ON‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﯽﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ”ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ“ )‪ ،(ON‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ )‪ ،(OFF‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 50
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫)ﭘﺨﺶ( ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪) [0‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪PLAY‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 51
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 52‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ” “ )ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.
PAGE 52
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬ ‫” “ )ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻨﮕﺮ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫”‪) “6‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ “.” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫”|“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 53
‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫‪” .۴‬‬ ‫‪” .۵‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺣﺬﻑ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫“ )ﺣﺬﻑ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫“ )ﺣﺬﻑ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪) “ ” .٢‬ﺣﺬﻑ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) “ ” .٣‬ﻫﻤﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪” .۴‬ﺣﺬﻑ“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ”‬ ‫“ )ﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ”ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ “.‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.
PAGE 54
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ(‪ “]” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺑﺮﺍی‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ( ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ )ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﻮﭼﮏﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ( ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ “ ” ،‬ﻳﺎ ” “ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻨﮕﺮ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی )ﺗﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 55
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻼژ ﺍﺯ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﺭﻭﺯ )ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ(‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻼژ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ“‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺳﺎﺯی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (58‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ “ ” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 56
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ )ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ(‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺳﺎﺯی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫‪ (58‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 57
‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺁﻥ ”‪ “–1‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﺟﺎی ﻧﻤﯽﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ‪ FHD‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ‪ 16:9‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪16:9‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻋﻤﻮﺩی ﺩﺭ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎﻩﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﭗ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 58
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬ ‫• ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ )ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽ(‬ ‫• ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ“ ﻳﺎ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺍی ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ“ ﻳﺎ ”ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ“ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.
PAGE 59
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﺭی ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪+1‬‬ ‫‪–1‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻮﺭی ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 60
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ )‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ(‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﺖ( ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ EXILIM Link‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.
PAGE 61
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ EXILIM Link‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ EXILIM Link‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫)‪ (Android‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (iOS) App Store‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﺖ( ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Google Play‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻳﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ EXILIM Link‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﯽ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.
PAGE 62
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ‪ SSID ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ‪ SSID‬ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ SSID‬ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪ SSID‬ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﯽ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 63
‫• ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ SSID‬ﻭ ﮔﺬﺭﻭﺍژﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ SSID‬ﻭ ﮔﺬﺭﻭﺍژﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽﻫﺎی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ]‪) [0‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ‪) [p] ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۵‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﮐﻬﺮﺑﺎﻳﯽ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.
PAGE 64
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ(‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪) [0] ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ]‪) [p‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) [p] ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 65
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٩٩‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎً ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ١۵٠٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪) [0] ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ]‪) [p‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) [p] ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 66
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ‪Camera Roll :iPhone‬‬ ‫– ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ‪” :Android‬ﮔﺎﻟﺮی“ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،iPhone‬ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ EXILIM Link‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺬﻑ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Camera Roll‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 67
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ )ﻧﺼﺐ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 44‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ )ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ(‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ 3‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 68
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ(‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ 3‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‪” ،‬‬ ‫“ ﻳﺎ ”‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢٠٠١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٠۴٩‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪ ٢۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫”‪ “am (pm)”/“24h‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ” “‪ “ ” ،‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ “ ” ،‬ﻳﺎ ” “ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫”ﺍﺟﺮﺍ“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 69
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ )‪(Language‬‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪Language 3‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ “Language” .٢‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﻮ‪” ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ“ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﯽ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.
PAGE 70
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ(‬ ‫‪ 3 MENU 3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 104‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.
PAGE 71
‫ﭼﺎپ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﯽ ﭼﺎپ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮی ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﯽ ﭼﺎپ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺎپ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﺎپ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﺎپ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 72
‫ﭼﺎپ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﺎپ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﺎپ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﭼﺎپ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ‪Windows‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﺎپ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ”ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (74‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﭼﺎپ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Print‬ﭼﺎپ( ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Print‬ﭼﺎپ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ”‪) “Print‬ﭼﺎپ( ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 73
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫• ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪) (USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪.(77 ،74‬‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ‬ ‫• ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪.(79 ،76‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ‪ Windows‬ﻭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 74
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ )ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪی ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .
PAGE 75
‫‪.۴‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Removable Disk‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﯽ( ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻧﯽ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.۵‬‬ ‫‪ .۶‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮی ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Copy‬ﮐﭙﯽ( ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٧‬ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :Windows 8 ،Windows 8.1‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Documents‬ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ( ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ”‪ “DCIM‬ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :Windows Vista ،Windows 7‬ﺭﻭی ”‪) “Start‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫”‪) “Documents‬ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ( ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 76
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﭙﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭی ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ‪ URL‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ‪ QuickTime 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.apple.com/quicktime/‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 77
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ‪Macintosh‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪OS X‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯی ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ Macintosh‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪OS X‬‬ ‫‪ ،iPhoto‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪ Macintosh‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 78
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪[USB‬‬ ‫‪USB‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻻﺯﻡ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 21‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭ‬ ‫)ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪) [p‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 79
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮐﭙﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺭﻭی ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ”‪ “DCIM‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺭﻭی ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .۴‬ﺭﻭی ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪” 81‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ“ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻋﮑﺴﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ )ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 80
‫ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻃﯽ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻨﺪی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﯽ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (81‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ٩٩٩٩‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ CIMG0001‬ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪ CIMG9999‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .
PAGE 81
‫‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪DCIM‬‬ ‫‪100CASIO‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ‪CIMG0001.JPG‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ‪CIMG0002.MOV‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪DCIM‬‬ ‫‪101CASIO‬‬ ‫‪102CASIO‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫• ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫• ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ‪DCF‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ‪ DCF‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 82
‫ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬ ‫*ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫*ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮگ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺟﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫*ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﯽ ﻭﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.
PAGE 83
‫*ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫• ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﯽ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺋﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺎی ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺒﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰی ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 84
‫*ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮی ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩی‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻴﮑﻪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮی ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩی ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪$‬‬ ‫* ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪ [RESET‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(7‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 85
‫*ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫• ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ‪CASIO‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ* ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫"‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫• ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭی ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 86
‫*ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻳﮏ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ]‪ [RESET‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(7‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 87
‫*ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪USB-AC‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﭘﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪ USB-AC‬ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪) USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ( ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 88
‫*ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭی ﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫• ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻏﻴﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺎک ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫– ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫– ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﻓﺮﺵ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﺎﺭک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 89
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭی ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺷﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 0‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮی* ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻻﻳﯽ )ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﻭﺍﻥ( ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ*‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ CASIO‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎ ‪ ۶) .MIL-Standard 810F Method 516.5-Shock‬ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ۴ ،‬ﻟﺒﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎً ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‪(.
PAGE 90
‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﯽﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪°۴٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﻳﺪ‪ .
PAGE 91
‫‪ .‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎک ﻳﺎ ﮔﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻃﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ]‪ [CARD‬ﻭ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ]‪ [USB‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺳﻄﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .
PAGE 92
‫‪ .‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﺦ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎی ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
PAGE 93
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍی ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.
PAGE 94
‫‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﯽ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎی ﻟﻨﺰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .
PAGE 95
‫‪ .‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ )‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ(‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎی ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻫﮕﻴﺮی ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻫﮕﻴﺮی‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
PAGE 96
‫‪ .‬ﺣﻖ ﮐﭙﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻖ ﮐﭙﯽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .
PAGE 97
iPerf (BSD License) Copyright (c) The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All Rights Reserved. Iperf performance test Mark Gates Ajay Tirumala Jim Ferguson Jon Dugan Feng Qin Kevin Gibbs John Estabrook National Laboratory for Applied Network Research National Center for Supercomputing Applications University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://www.ncsa.uiuc.
PAGE 98
inet_ntop, inet_pton ISC License (ISC) [OSI Approved License] Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Internet Software Consortium. Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
PAGE 99
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 100
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫• ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍی ﺳﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١۵‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣۵‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 101
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ‪-‬ﻳﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫•‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‪ CASIO‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺸﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮی ﻇﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Phillips‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 102
‫‪ .‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺸﺘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.۴‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.۵‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮک ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 103
‫‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎی ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ‬ ‫• ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 29‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍی ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩی ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﯽ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .
PAGE 104
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) REC‬ﺿﺒﻂ( ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫‪) PLAY‬ﭘﺨﺶ( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .(70‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ )–( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍی ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 105
‫‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(36‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﮏ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬ ‫‪5 min‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی ‪ +‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻋﮑﺲ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(55‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﻨﺶ‬ ‫‪ .
PAGE 106
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩی‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (٢‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ .(18‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ CASIO‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.
PAGE 107
‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩی‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 108
‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩی‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪LAN‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﯽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ‪ (٢‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.
PAGE 109
‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩی‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(68‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(69‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .
PAGE 110
‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(69‬‬ ‫• ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.
PAGE 111
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.
PAGE 112
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫)ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ(‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﻮﮐﺎﺭ*‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*microSD‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪(٣٢۴٠x۴٣٢٠) 14M‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٫۴٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪٣١٩٩‬‬ ‫‪(٢۴٣٢x۴٣٢٠) 16:9‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٫٢٣‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪۴٣۵۵‬‬ ‫‪(١٩٢٠x٢۵۶٠) 5M‬‬ ‫‪ ١٫١٢‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫‪٩٠۴٠‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ )ﺻﺪﺍ(‬ ‫‪Full HD‬‬ ‫‪١٠٨٠x١٩٢٠‬‬ ‫)ﺗﮏﺻﻮﺗﯽ(‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫)ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ(‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﻴﺖ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫)‪ ٣٠‬ﻓﺮﻳﻢ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍ
PAGE 113
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻓﻮﺭی‪:‬‬ ‫‪Exif Version 2.3) JPEG‬؛ ‪ DCF 2.0‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ(‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ‪ H.
PAGE 114
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬ ‫)ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬ ‫‪-٢٫٠‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ‪ LCD‬ﺭﻧﮕﯽ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٠۴٠٠‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺯﻧﯽ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ‬ ‫)ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ(‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ‪) Micro USB‬ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ‪ USB‬ﭘﺮ‪-‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ‪/USB‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭی ‪(USB‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ‬ ‫)ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ‪) Micro USB‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ‪/USB‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭی ‪(USB‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ(‬ ‫ﺗﮏ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ )ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ(‬ ‫ﺗﮏ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪی ﻫﺎی ﻧﻴﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺗﻮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪
PAGE 115
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻋﺎﺩی )‪ ٢٣‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺎی ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.
PAGE 116
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ۵ :‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٢٫٨‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ۵ :‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٢٫۶‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪) ۶٠٫٩ :‬ﻗﻄﺮ( ‪) ٢٨٫٨ x‬ﻋﺮﺽ( ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ(‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪) ۴٩٫٧ :‬ﻃﻮﻝ( ‪) ٨۴٫٢ x‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ‪) ١٨٫٩ x‬ﻋﺮﺽ( ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫)ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ(‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ‪) ۶٠٫٩ :‬ﻃﻮﻝ( ‪) ١۵٣٫١ x‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ‪) ٣۴٫٢ x‬ﻋﺮﺽ( ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫)ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ(‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ ۶٣‬ﮔﺮﻡ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﯽ(‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ٨٠ :‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪
PAGE 117
EU 0560 ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ Manufacturer: CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD. 6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan Responsible within the European Union: CASIO EUROPE GmbH Casio-Platz 1, 22848 Norderstedt, Germany The copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found on http://world.casio.com/ce/dc/. To comply with the relevant European RF exposure compliance requirements, this EX-FR10, EX-FR10CT must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with other transmitter.
PAGE 118
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬،FCC ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬ GUIDELINES LAID DOWN BY FCC RULES FOR USE OF THIS UNIT IN THE U.S.A. (not applicable to other areas). NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.
PAGE 119
CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.